NextERP/documentation
5
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Odoo Translation Bot
2020-11-08 01:31:22 +01:00
parent 350a536c17
commit a30e36f4f1
140 changed files with 66765 additions and 9820 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+18664
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
+26
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Aplicativos"
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po
+1741
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+1914
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+1015
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
+834
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr "Mensagens"
#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avançado"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6
msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8
msgid ""
"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your "
"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11
msgid ""
"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the"
" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16
msgid "Scope of this documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18
msgid ""
"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't "
"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, "
"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25
msgid ""
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
"reputation yourself."
msgstr ""
"Se ninguém em sua empresa é usado para gerenciar servidores de e-mail, "
"recomendamos fortemente que você opte por essas soluções de hospedagem Odoo."
" Seu sistema de e-mail funciona instantaneamente e é monitorado por "
"profissionais. No entanto, você ainda pode usar seus próprios servidores de "
"e-mail se quiser gerenciar a reputação do mesmo."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31
msgid ""
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
"own email solution with Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Você encontrará aqui abaixo algumas informações úteis sobre como integrar "
"sua própria solução de e-mail com Odoo."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34
msgid ""
"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from "
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation "
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr "Como gerenciar mensagens enviadas"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
"Como administrador do sistema, vá para: seleção de menus: `Configurações -> "
"Configurações gerais` e marque * Servidores de e-mail externos *. Em "
"seguida, clique em * Servidores de email de saída * para criar um e fazer "
"referência aos dados SMTP do seu servidor de email. Após o preenchimento de "
"todas as informações, clique em * Testar Conexão *."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr "Esta é uma configuração típica para um servidor do G Suite."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
"Em seguida, defina seu nome de domínio de e-mail nas Configurações Gerais."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53
msgid ""
"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` "
"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less "
"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here "
"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57
msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr "Posso usar um servidor Office 365"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62
msgid ""
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
"Você pode usar um servidor Office 365 se executar Odoo localmente. "
"Retransmissões de SMTP do Office 365 não são compatíveis com Odoo Online."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65
msgid ""
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
"Consulte a `documentação da Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
"email-using-Office -365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ para "
"configurar uma retransmissão SMTP para o endereço IP do seu Odoo."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr "Como usar um servidor do G Suite"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
"`Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
"Você pode usar um servidor do G Suite para qualquer tipo de hospedagem Odoo."
" Para fazer isso, você precisa configurar o serviço de retransmissão SMTP. "
"As etapas de configuração são explicadas na `documentação do Google "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>` __."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
"No caso de você usar SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para aumentar a "
"capacidade de entrega de seus e-mails de saída, não se esqueça de autorizar "
"Odoo como um host de envio em suas configurações de nome de domínio. Aqui "
"está a configuração do Odoo Online:"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
"Se nenhum registro TXT for definido para SPF, crie um com a seguinte "
"definição: v = spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com ~ all"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
"Encontre `aqui <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>` __ o procedimento exato "
"para criar ou modificar registros TXT em seu próprio registrador de domínio."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
"Seu novo registro SPF pode levar até 48 horas para entrar em vigor, mas isso"
" geralmente acontece mais rapidamente."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Adicionar mais de um registro SPF para um domínio pode causar problemas na "
"entrega de e-mail e na classificação de spam. Em vez disso, recomendamos "
"usar apenas um registro SPF, modificando-o para autorizar Odoo."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108
msgid "Restriction"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109
msgid ""
"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587,"
" 465 or 2525."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr "Como gerenciar mensagens de entrada"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
"Odoo conta com pseudônimos genéricos de e-mail para buscar mensagens "
"recebidas."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
"recipients."
msgstr ""
"** Mensagens devolvidas ** são encaminhadas para ** devolvido @ ** a fim de "
"rastreá-las no Odoo. Isso é especialmente usado em `Odoo Email Marketing "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>` __ para excluir destinatários "
"inválidos."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
"** Mensagens originais **: Vários objetos de negócios têm seu próprio "
"pseudônimo para criar novos registros no Odoo a partir de e-mails recebidos:"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
"Canal de vendas (para criar leads ou oportunidades no `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>` __),"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
"Canal de suporte (para criar tickets no `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>` __),"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
"Projetos (para criar novas tarefas no `Projeto Odoo "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>` __),"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
"Cargos (para criar candidatos em `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>` __),"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
"Dependendo do seu servidor de e-mail, pode haver vários métodos para buscar "
"e-mails. O método mais fácil e recomendado é gerenciar um endereço de e-mail"
" por alias Odoo em seu servidor de e-mail."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr "Defina o seu nome de domínio nas Configurações Gerais."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
"Se você usa Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, recomendamos redirecionar as mensagens "
"recebidas para o nome de domínio do Odoo em vez de usar exclusivamente seu "
"próprio servidor de e-mail. Assim, você receberá mensagens sem demora. Na "
"verdade, Odoo Online está obtendo mensagens de entrada de servidores "
"externos apenas uma vez por hora. Você deve definir redirecionamentos para "
"todos os endereços de e-mail para o nome de domínio do Odoo em seu servidor "
"de e-mail (por exemplo, *catchall@meudominio.ext* para "
"*catchall@minhaempresa.odoo.com*)."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165
msgid ""
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3
msgid "Email Templates"
msgstr "Modelos de E-mail"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but "
"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is "
"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email "
"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple "
"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, "
"improving their overall experience with the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12
msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14
msgid ""
"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be "
"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18
msgid ""
"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates "
"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21
msgid ""
"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this "
"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to "
"job applicants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30
msgid ""
"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To "
"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the "
"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32
msgid ""
"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one "
"with the highest priority is used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent,"
" saving space in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37
msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you "
"would like to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the "
"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52
msgid ""
"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily"
" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before "
"sending it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together "
"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, "
"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout"
" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and "
"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11
msgid "Choose your notifications preference"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13
msgid ""
"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications "
"to be handled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21
msgid ""
"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, "
"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent "
"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22
msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28
msgid ""
"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the"
" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36
msgid "Start Chatting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38
msgid ""
"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message "
"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If "
"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite"
" of where you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48
msgid ""
"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of"
" your browser."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50
msgid ""
"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to "
"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58
msgid ""
"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61
msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64
msgid ""
"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer "
"to a channel, type *#channel-name*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or "
"through email, depending on his settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73
msgid ""
"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values "
"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the "
"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the"
" scope of the search becomes all partners."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78
msgid "Chat status"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80
msgid ""
"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can "
"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the "
"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging "
"menu*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84
msgid "Green = online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85
msgid "Orange = away"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86
msgid "White = offline"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87
msgid "Airplane = out of the office"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65
msgid ":doc:`team_communication`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3
msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you "
"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to "
"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance "
"of having overlapping actions between team members."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10
msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12
msgid ""
"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the "
"*Activities* menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20
msgid "Plan activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22
msgid ""
"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on "
"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31
msgid "Set your activity types"
msgstr "Defina seus tipos de atividade"
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33
msgid ""
"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, "
"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42
msgid ""
"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure"
" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46
msgid "Recommend next activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48
msgid ""
"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set "
"*Recommended Next Activities*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and"
" next steps are suggested to you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115
msgid ":doc:`get_started`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the "
"latest developments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10
msgid "Public and Private channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only "
"visible to users invited to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used "
"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a "
"specific department)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26
msgid "Configuration options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by"
" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36
msgid "Privacy and Members"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40
msgid ""
"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control "
"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* "
"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would"
" a public one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42
msgid ""
"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your "
"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on "
"*Invite*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* "
"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while "
"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto "
"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they "
"are part of the group."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55
msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57
msgid ""
"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that "
"messages will need to be approved before being sent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you"
" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67
msgid ""
"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions"
" to newcomers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73
msgid ""
"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* "
"messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80
msgid ""
"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of "
"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83
msgid ""
"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email "
"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91
msgid "Quick search bar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93
msgid ""
"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if "
"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a "
"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations"
" and quickly find the one you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103
msgid "Finding channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106
msgid ""
"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public "
"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108
msgid ""
"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function "
"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a "
"single character."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116
msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`"
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+1024
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po
+290
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr "Email de Marketing"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr "Trabalhar com listas de e-mail"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5
msgid ""
"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as "
"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and"
" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid "Create mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34
msgid "Contacts"
msgstr "Contatos"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43
msgid ""
"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the "
"contact is or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is "
"redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28
msgid ""
"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you "
"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be "
"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to"
" a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses are shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or "
"contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. "
"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"deletes the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56
msgid ""
"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* "
"column in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the "
"*queue* column in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, "
"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have "
"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically "
"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of"
" this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po
+438
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
# AlexSandro Cruz <alex@sapienzae.com.br>, 2020
# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020
# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital <popsolutions.co@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital <popsolutions.co@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../events.rst:5
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Eventos"
#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3
msgid "Integrations"
msgstr "Integrações"
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3
msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction"
" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your"
" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or "
"to advertise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração"
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13
msgid ""
"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to"
" be enabled or installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16
msgid ""
"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS "
"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under "
":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23
msgid ""
"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers"
" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-"
"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28
msgid "Send SMSs to attendees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30
msgid ""
"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32
msgid ""
"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* "
"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with "
"the *Reminder* template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38
msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45
msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47
msgid ""
"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that "
"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To"
" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56
msgid ""
"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. "
"*Filters* are eligible here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58
msgid ""
"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the "
"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65
msgid ""
"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about "
"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, "
"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here "
"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3
msgid "Create your First Event"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5
msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7
msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8
msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9
msgid "To allow networking;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10
msgid ""
"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects "
"through the product and even their pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Começar"
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16
msgid ""
"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key "
"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23
msgid ""
"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the "
"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, "
"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31
msgid ""
"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and "
"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40
msgid "Tab: Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46
msgid ""
"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket "
"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for "
"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48
msgid ""
"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as "
"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55
msgid "Tab: Communication"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58
msgid ""
"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with "
"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab "
"*Communication*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61
msgid ""
"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the "
"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the "
"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72
msgid ""
"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if"
" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per "
"registration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75
msgid ""
"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each "
"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary"
" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire"
" is shown once, resulting in a global answer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark "
"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, "
"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited"
" and used again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90
msgid "Publish your event"
msgstr "Publique seu evento"
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92
msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99
msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`tickets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`track_talks`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3
msgid "Selling Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple "
"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for "
"more registrations to happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and"
" *Online Ticketing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13
msgid ""
"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold "
":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows "
"the sale of tickets to happen "
":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22
msgid "Through Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it "
"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for "
"which you want to create the sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under "
"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under "
"your event’s form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43
msgid "Through the Website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45
msgid ""
"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue "
"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3
msgid "Track your Attendees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5
msgid ""
"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and "
"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and "
"analyzing reasons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9
msgid "Attendees list and attendance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11
msgid ""
"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to "
"the *Attendees* list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12
msgid ""
"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the "
"quotation is confirmed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18
msgid ""
"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a "
"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26
msgid "Bagdes and cancellations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28
msgid ""
"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send "
"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the "
"*Cancelled* stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36
msgid ""
"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom "
"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3
msgid "Track and Manage Talks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge "
"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Schedule & Tracks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14
msgid ""
"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options "
"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. "
"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your"
" website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20
msgid ""
"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now "
"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28
msgid ""
"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk "
"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32
msgid "Publishing speaker proposals"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34
msgid ""
"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their "
"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41
msgid ""
"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and "
"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
+421
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5
msgid "Expenses"
msgstr "Despesas"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8
msgid "How to set expense types"
msgstr "Como definir os tipos de despesas"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9
msgid ""
"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed "
"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* "
"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on "
"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the "
"real cost per expense."
msgstr ""
"A primeira etapa para rastrear despesas é configurar os tipos de despesas "
"(gerenciadas como produtos no Odoo) que sua empresa permite, a partir do "
"menu * Configuração *. Quando uma despesa específica é reembolsada a um "
"preço fixo, defina um custo para o produto. Caso contrário, mantenha o custo"
" em 0,0 e os funcionários reportarão o custo real por despesa."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17
msgid "Here are some examples to configure:"
msgstr "Aqui estão alguns exemplos para configurar:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19
msgid "Restaurant:"
msgstr "Restaurante:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27
msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)"
msgstr ""
"Custo: 0,00 (o custo da passagem será registrado em todas as despesas)"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22
msgid "Travel with Personal Car:"
msgstr "Viagem com carro pessoal:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24
msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)"
msgstr "Custo: 0,30 (o preço por milha reembolsado pela empresa é fixo)"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25
msgid "Hotel:"
msgstr "Hotel:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29
msgid "Others:"
msgstr "Outros:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31
msgid "Cost: 0.0"
msgstr "Custo: 0.0"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33
msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That"
" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is "
"usually the expected behaviour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41
msgid ""
"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense "
"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased "
"in different units of measure (advanced)*."
msgstr ""
"O aplicativo * Vendas * permite que você especifique a unidade de medida "
"para seus tipos de despesas (unidades, milhas, noites, etc.). Vá para: "
"seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Configuração -> ajustes` e verifique * Alguns "
"produtos podem ser vendidos / adquiridos em unidades de medida diferentes "
"(avançado) *."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48
msgid "How to record expenses"
msgstr "Como registrar despesas"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53
msgid ""
"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses "
"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`."
msgstr ""
"Como funcionário (Funcionário com direitos de acesso do usuário), você pode "
"registrar despesas em: seleção de menus: `Minhas despesas -> Despesas a "
"enviar`."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59
msgid ""
"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with "
"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of "
"hotel nights)."
msgstr ""
"Selecione o produto relacionado e insira o valor total que você pagou (com "
"Quantidade = 1) ou o preço unitário se a Quantidade for contável (por "
"exemplo, número de noites de hotel)."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62
msgid "Enter the expense date."
msgstr "Insira a data da despesa."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63
msgid ""
"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if "
"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)."
msgstr ""
"Escolha se você pagou a conta por conta própria (e espera ser reembolsado) "
"ou se a empresa pagou diretamente (por exemplo, se você usou o cartão de "
"crédito de uma empresa)."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65
msgid ""
"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan "
"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and "
"the accountant validate it."
msgstr ""
"Defina a referência da fatura, adicione algumas notas se solicitado e anexe "
"uma foto / digitalização do recibo do tópico de discussão. Isso ajudará o "
"gerente e o contador a validá-lo."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73
msgid "In one click from emails"
msgstr "Em um clique de emails"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74
msgid ""
"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a "
"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!"
msgstr ""
"Deixe seus funcionários registrarem suas despesas a partir de um simples "
"e-mail. Faça um instantâneo do recibo e envie por e-mail, ou simplesmente "
"encaminhe uma fatura!"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77
msgid ""
"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in "
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* "
"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee "
"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83
msgid ""
"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the "
"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in "
"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88
msgid "How to submit expenses to managers"
msgstr "Como enviar gastos para os gerentes"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90
msgid ""
"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end "
"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My "
"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and"
" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly "
"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to "
"approve it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100
msgid ""
"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button "
"on the form view of an expense."
msgstr ""
"Você também pode enviar despesas uma a uma usando o botão * Enviar ao "
"gerente * na tela de formulário de uma despesa."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103
msgid ""
"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses "
"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`."
msgstr ""
"Todos os seus relatórios de despesas enviados podem ser encontrados em: menu"
" de seleção: `Despesas -> Minhas despesas -> Relatórios de despesas`."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108
msgid "How to approve expenses"
msgstr "Como aprovar gastos"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110
msgid ""
"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from"
" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. "
"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*."
msgstr ""
"Os gerentes de RH e de equipe obtêm uma visão geral de todos os relatórios "
"de despesas para validar no menu superior: seleção de menus: `Para aprovar "
"-> Relatórios de despesas para aprovar`. Esses usuários devem ter pelo menos"
" direitos de acesso de * Diretores * para * Despesas *."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117
msgid ""
"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as "
"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool."
msgstr ""
"Eles podem revisar relatórios de despesas, aprová-los ou rejeitá-los, além "
"de fornecer feedback graças à ferramenta de comunicação integrada."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123
msgid ""
"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team "
"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those "
"employees."
msgstr ""
"Como gerente de equipe, você pode encontrar facilmente os relatórios de "
"despesas dos membros de sua equipe. Você precisa ser definido como gerente "
"na forma de detalhes desses funcionários."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131
msgid "How to post expenses in accounting"
msgstr "Como lançar despesas na contabilidade"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133
msgid ""
"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to"
" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to "
"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to"
" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have "
"following access rights:"
msgstr ""
"Assim que os relatórios de despesas são aprovados pelos gerentes, o "
"departamento de contabilidade vai para: seleção de menus: `Despesas -> "
"Contador -> Relatórios de despesas para lançar` para verificar contas, "
"produtos e impostos. Eles podem clicar em * Publicar entradas de diário * "
"para publicar entradas de diário relacionadas em seus livros. Para fazer "
"isso, o usuário deve ter os seguintes direitos de acesso:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139
msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser"
msgstr "Contabilidade: Contador ou Consultor"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140
msgid "Expenses: Manager"
msgstr "Despesas: Gerente"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143
msgid ""
"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get"
" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to "
"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in"
" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person "
"is using Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Para lançar uma despesa, um * Endereço residencial * deve ser definido no "
"funcionário. Se você receber uma mensagem de bloqueio relacionada ao postar,"
" clique no funcionário, vá para a guia * Informações pessoais * e selecione "
"/ crie o contato do seu funcionário no catálogo de endereços. Um contato foi"
" criado automaticamente se esta pessoa estiver usando Odoo."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150
msgid "How to reimburse employees"
msgstr "Como reembolsar os colaboradores"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152
msgid ""
"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in "
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To "
"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*."
msgstr ""
"Agora você pode ver todos os relatórios de despesas a reembolsar em: menu de"
" seleção: `Despesas -> Contador -> Relatórios de despesas a pagar`. Para "
"registrar o pagamento ou pagar em cheque, clique em * Registrar um pagamento"
" *."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156
msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
"Veja como você pode gerenciar facilmente o processo de pagamento no Odoo:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`"
msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`"
msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163
msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers"
msgstr "Como fazer refaturamento para os seus consumidores"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165
msgid ""
"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your"
" customers automatically."
msgstr ""
"Se você rastrear despesas em projetos de clientes, poderá cobrá-las "
"automaticamente."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Instalação"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171
msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings"
msgstr "Habilite ** Faturamento do cliente ** nas configurações de despesas"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173
msgid ""
"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all "
"your Expense types:"
msgstr ""
"Vá para o menu de configuração do produto e defina o método de faturamento "
"em todos os seus tipos de despesas:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176
msgid ""
"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity"
msgstr ""
"Quantidades solicitadas: ele irá faturar os gastos baseados no número total "
"de solicitações"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179
msgid ""
"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses "
"quantity"
msgstr ""
"Quantidades entregues: faturará despesas com base na quantidade de despesas"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182
msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost."
msgstr "A custo: faturará as despesas ao seu custo real."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184
msgid ""
"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale "
"order."
msgstr ""
"A preço de venda: irá faturar com base em um preço de venda fixo definido no"
" pedido de venda."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191
msgid "Create an order"
msgstr "Criar um pedido"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193
msgid ""
"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered "
"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be "
"added automatically once posted by the accountant."
msgstr ""
"Como um vendedor, crie e confirme a ordem de venda pelos serviços entregues "
"ao cliente. Se você não colocar nenhuma despesa na ordem, ela será "
"adicionada automaticamente assim que postada pelo contador."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198
msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order."
msgstr "Vincula a despesa ao Pedido de Vendas."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204
msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses"
msgstr "Envia, valida e lança a despesa"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206
msgid ""
"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on"
" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees"
" are already able to set one when submitting."
msgstr ""
"Como gerente, certifique-se de que a conta analítica seja definida em cada "
"linha de despesas ao aprovar relatórios de despesas. Clique na linha para "
"adicionar um se estiver faltando. Os funcionários já podem definir um ao "
"enviar."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213
msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries."
msgstr "Como contador, faça lançamentos contábeis manuais."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216
msgid "Invoice expenses"
msgstr "Fatura de despesas"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218
msgid ""
"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically "
"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)."
msgstr ""
"Agora você pode faturar o pedido. Ele aparece em: menu de seleção: `Vendas "
"-> Faturamento -> Vendas` para fatura . As despesas foram adicionadas "
"automaticamente nas linhas do pedido. Esses itens aparecem em azul (ou seja,"
" na fatura)."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226
msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)."
msgstr "e (ou seja, para faturar)."
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
+392
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# falexandresilva <falexandresilva@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: falexandresilva <falexandresilva@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../fsm.rst:5
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "Suporte Técnico"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will "
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr "Vendas"
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+2890
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+537
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
msgstr "Fundamentos da Metodologia QuickStart"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
msgid ""
"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
"product."
msgstr ""
"Este documento resume os serviços do Odoo Online, nossa metodologia de "
"implementação do pacote de sucesso e as práticas recomendadas para começar a"
" usar nosso produto."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
msgid ""
"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
msgstr ""
"No contexto do seu projeto, é altamente recomendável designar e manter em "
"ambos os lados (o seu e o nosso) ** uma única pessoa de contato ** que se "
"encarregará e assumirá as responsabilidades pelo projeto. Ele também deve "
"ter ** autoridade ** em termos de tomada de decisão."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid ""
"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
"practices."
msgstr ""
"** O Consultor Odoo garante a implementação do projeto de A a Z **: Do "
"início ao fim do projeto, ele garante a consistência geral da implementação "
"em Odoo e compartilha sua experiência em termos de boas práticas."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
msgid ""
"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
msgstr ""
"** Um e único tomador de decisões no lado do cliente (SPoC) **: Ele é "
"responsável pela transmissão do conhecimento do negócio (coordenar a "
"intervenção dos usuários-chave, se necessário) e pela consistência da "
"implementação do ponto de vista do negócio (tomada de decisão, mudança "
"gestão, etc.)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
msgstr ""
"** Otimização de reuniões **: O consultor Odoo não está envolvido no "
"processo de tomada de decisão do ponto de vista do negócio, nem em processos"
" precisos e procedimentos internos da empresa (salvo solicitação específica "
"ou exceção). As reuniões de projeto, que ocorrerão uma ou duas vezes por "
"semana, têm como objetivo alinhar as necessidades do negócio (SPoC) e "
"definir a forma como essas necessidades serão implementadas no Odoo "
"(Consultor)."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning "
"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
msgid "Project Scope"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51
msgid ""
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
"project implementation is pursuing."
msgstr ""
"Para garantir que todos os stakeholders envolvidos estejam sempre alinhados,"
" é necessário definir e fazer o escopo do projeto evoluir à medida que a "
"implantação do projeto está em andamento."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55
msgid ""
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
" clear."
msgstr ""
"** Uma definição clara do escopo inicial do projeto **: Uma definição clara "
"das necessidades iniciais é crucial para garantir que o projeto esteja "
"funcionando perfeitamente. Com efeito, quando todos os stakeholders "
"partilham a mesma visão, a evolução das necessidades e o consequente "
"processo de tomada de decisão são mais simples e claros."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
"the implementation."
msgstr ""
"** Faseamento do projeto **: favorecer uma implementação em várias fases "
"coerentes, permitindo lançamentos de produção regulares e uma aquisição em "
"evolução do Odoo pelos usuários finais, demonstrou sua eficácia ao longo do "
"tempo. Essa abordagem também ajuda a identificar lacunas e aplicar ações "
"corretivas no início da implementação."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68
msgid ""
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
"experiment of the standard in production."
msgstr ""
"** Adotando recursos padrão como prioridade **: Odoo oferece um ótimo "
"ambiente para implementar pequenas melhorias (customizações) ou mais "
"importantes (desenvolvimentos). No entanto, a adoção da solução padrão será "
"preferida tão frequentemente quanto possível, a fim de otimizar os tempos de"
" entrega do projeto e fornecer ao usuário uma estabilidade de longo prazo e "
"escalabilidade fluida de sua nova ferramenta. Idealmente, se uma melhoria do"
" software ainda deve ser realizada, sua implementação será realizada após um"
" experimento do padrão em produção."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
msgid "Managing expectations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84
msgid ""
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
" account from the beginning of the project:"
msgstr ""
"A lacuna entre a realidade de uma implementação e as expectativas dos "
"futuros usuários é um fator crucial. Três aspectos importantes devem ser "
"levados em consideração desde o início do projeto:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88
msgid ""
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
"check that this is still the case."
msgstr ""
"** Alinhe-se com a abordagem do projeto **: Tanto uma divisão clara de "
"funções e responsabilidades quanto uma descrição clara dos modos "
"operacionais (validação, resolução de problemas, etc.) são cruciais para o "
"sucesso de uma implementação Odoo. Portanto, é altamente recomendável "
"reservar o tempo necessário no início do projeto para se alinhar a esses "
"tópicos e verificar regularmente se esse ainda é o caso."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96
msgid ""
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
"to pursue this same objective."
msgstr ""
"** Foco no sucesso do projeto, não na solução ideal **: O objetivo principal"
" do SPoC e do Consultor é realizar o projeto que lhes foi confiado de forma "
"a fornecer a solução mais eficaz para atender às necessidades expressas. "
"Essa meta às vezes pode entrar em conflito com a visão do usuário final de "
"uma solução ideal. Nesse caso, o SPoC e o consultor aplicarão a regra 80-20:"
" focar em 80% das necessidades expressas e retirar os 20% restantes dos "
"objetivos mais desvantajosos em termos de relação custo / benefício (essas "
"proporções podem, é claro Muda com o tempo). Portanto, será considerado "
"aceitável integrar uma manipulação mais demorada se um relevo global for "
"observado. Mudanças nos processos de negócios também podem ser propostas "
"para atingir esse mesmo objetivo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110
msgid ""
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
"tools\\* :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115
msgid ""
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
msgstr ""
"** The GAP Analysis **: A comparação da solicitação com os recursos padrão "
"propostos pela Odoo permitirá identificar a lacuna a ser preenchida por "
"desenvolvimentos / customizações ou mudanças nos processos de negócio."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120
msgid ""
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
"** A História do Usuário **: Esta técnica separa claramente as "
"responsabilidades entre o SPoC, responsável por explicar o QUÊ, o PORQUÊ e o"
" QUEM, e o Consultor que dará uma resposta ao COMO."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128
msgid ""
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
"lines of expected changes."
msgstr ""
"`A Prova de Conceito <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>` __ "
"Uma versão simplificada, um protótipo do que se espera concordar com as "
"principais linhas de mudanças esperadas."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132
msgid ""
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
" the changes related to the interface."
msgstr ""
"** O Mockup **: Na mesma ideia da Prova de Conceito, ela se alinhará com as "
"mudanças relacionadas à interface."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135
msgid ""
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
msgstr ""
"A essas ferramentas será adicionada total transparência sobre as "
"possibilidades e limitações do software e / ou seu ambiente, para que todos "
"os envolvidos no projeto tenham uma ideia clara do que pode ser esperado / "
"alcançado no projeto. Evitaremos, portanto, basear nosso trabalho em "
"hipóteses sem verificar de antemão sua veracidade."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141
msgid ""
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
msgstr ""
"* Esta lista pode, é claro, ser completada por outras ferramentas que "
"atendam de forma mais adequada às realidades e necessidades do seu projeto *"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
msgid "Communication Strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
msgid ""
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
"follow those principles:"
msgstr ""
"O objetivo da metodologia QuickStart é garantir a propriedade rápida da "
"ferramenta para os usuários finais. Uma comunicação eficaz é, portanto, "
"crucial para o sucesso desta abordagem. Sua otimização nos levará, portanto,"
" a seguir esses princípios:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152
msgid ""
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
" manager are clearly defined."
msgstr ""
"** Compartilhando a documentação de gerenciamento do projeto **: A melhor "
"maneira de garantir que todas as partes interessadas em um projeto tenham o "
"mesmo nível de conhecimento é fornecer acesso direto ao documento de "
"acompanhamento do projeto (Organizador do Projeto). Este documento conterá "
"pelo menos uma lista de tarefas a serem realizadas como parte da "
"implementação para as quais o nível de prioridade e o gerente estão "
"claramente definidos."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160
msgid ""
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
msgstr ""
"O Organizador do Projeto é uma ferramenta compartilhada de rastreamento do "
"projeto que permite o rastreamento detalhado das tarefas em andamento e do "
"progresso geral do projeto."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
msgid ""
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
msgstr ""
"** Relatar informações essenciais **: Para minimizar o tempo de documentação"
" ao essencial, seguiremos as seguintes boas práticas:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
msgstr "As atas de reuniões serão limitadas a decisões e validações;"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
msgid ""
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
"reached;"
msgstr ""
"Os status do projeto só serão estabelecidos quando um marco importante for "
"alcançado;"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173
msgid ""
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
msgstr ""
"Sessões de treinamento na solução padrão ou customizada serão organizadas."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
msgid "Customizations and Development"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179
msgid ""
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
msgstr ""
"Odoo é um software conhecido pela sua flexibilidade e importante capacidade "
"de evolução. No entanto, uma quantidade significativa de desenvolvimento "
"contradiz uma implementação rápida e sustentável. Esta é a razão pela qual é"
" recomendado:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
msgid ""
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
msgstr ""
"** Desenvolver apenas por um bom motivo **: A decisão de desenvolver deve "
"ser sempre tomada quando a relação custo-benefício for positiva (economia de"
" tempo no dia a dia, etc.). Por exemplo, será preferível realizar um "
"desenvolvimento significativo para reduzir o tempo de uma operação diária, "
"em vez de uma operação a ser realizada apenas uma vez por trimestre. É "
"geralmente aceito que quanto mais próxima do padrão a solução estiver, mais "
"leve e fluido será o processo de migração e menores serão os custos de "
"manutenção para ambas as partes. Além disso, a experiência nos mostrou que "
"60% das solicitações de desenvolvimento iniciais são descartadas após "
"algumas semanas de uso do Odoo padrão (consulte \"Adotando o padrão como "
"prioridade\")."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196
msgid ""
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
"business processes of the company."
msgstr ""
"** Substituir, sem replicar **: há um bom motivo para a decisão de alterar o"
" software de gerenciamento. Neste contexto, o momento de implementação é o "
"momento certo para aceitar e até ser um promotor de mudanças tanto ao nível "
"da forma como o software será utilizado como ao nível dos processos de "
"negócio da empresa."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
msgid "Testing and Validation principles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206
msgid ""
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
"needs of the company."
msgstr ""
"Se os desenvolvimentos são feitos ou não na implementação, é fundamental "
"testar e validar a correspondência da solução com as necessidades "
"operacionais da empresa."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
msgid ""
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
"requirements of the operational reality."
msgstr ""
"** Distribuição de funções **: Neste contexto, o Consultor será responsável "
"por entregar uma solução que corresponda às especificações definidas; o SPoC"
" deverá testar e validar se a solução entregue atende aos requisitos da "
"realidade operacional."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216
msgid ""
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
"noted gap is caused by:"
msgstr ""
"** Gerenciamento de mudanças **: quando uma mudança precisa ser feita na "
"solução, a lacuna observada é causada por:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
msgstr ""
"Uma diferença entre a especificação e a solução entregue - Esta é uma "
"correção pela qual o Consultor é responsável"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223
msgid "**or**"
msgstr "**ou**"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
msgstr ""
"Uma diferença entre a especificação e os imperativos da realidade "
"operacional - Essa é uma mudança que é de responsabilidade do SPoC."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229
msgid "Data Imports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid ""
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
"it will be decided :"
msgstr ""
"A importação do histórico de dados transacionais é uma questão importante e "
"deve ser respondida de forma adequada para permitir que o projeto seja "
"executado sem problemas. De fato, essa tarefa pode ser demorada e, se sua "
"prioridade não for bem definida, impedir que a produção ocorra a tempo. Para"
" fazer isso o mais rápido possível, será decidido:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
msgid ""
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
msgstr ""
"** Não importar nada **: Acontece frequentemente que após reflexão não se "
"considera necessário importar o histórico de dados, sendo estes dados, "
"aliás, mantidos fora da Odoo e consolidados para posterior relato."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
msgid ""
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
" import will be made before the production launch."
msgstr ""
"** Para importar uma quantidade limitada de dados antes de entrar em "
"produção **: Quando o histórico dos dados se refere a informações em "
"processamento (pedidos de compra, faturas, projetos em aberto, por exemplo),"
" a necessidade de ter essas informações disponíveis desde o primeiro dia de "
"uso na produção é real. Nesse caso, a importação será feita antes do "
"lançamento da produção."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
msgid ""
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
msgstr ""
"** Para importar após o lançamento da produção **: Quando o histórico de "
"dados precisa ser integrado ao Odoo principalmente para fins de relatório, é"
" claro que eles podem ser integrados ao software retrospectivamente. Nesse "
"caso, o início da produção da solução precederá as importações necessárias."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Suporte"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid ""
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
"questions or technical issues."
msgstr ""
"Quando seu projeto é colocado em produção, nossas equipes de suporte cuidam "
"de suas dúvidas ou problemas técnicos."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
+873
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,873 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "Helpdesk"
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avançado"
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3
msgid "After Sales Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5
msgid ""
"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team "
"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is "
"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage"
" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite "
"interventions from a ticket’s page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11
msgid "Set up the after sales services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and "
"Onsite Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22
msgid ""
"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For"
" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and "
"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32
msgid ""
"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is"
" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41
msgid ""
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or "
"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on "
"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50
msgid ""
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is"
" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59
msgid ""
"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite "
"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* "
"application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
msgid "Forum and eLearning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
msgid "Forum"
msgstr "Fórum"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
msgid ""
"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
"community!)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
"enable *Help Center*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
msgid ""
"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
"allowed per question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
msgid ""
"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
msgid ""
"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
"the ticket's page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
msgid "eLearning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
msgid ""
"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable *eLearning*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
msgid ""
"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
msgid ""
"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
"Course*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Começando"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they"
" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful "
"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline,"
" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10
msgid "Set up teams"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12
msgid ""
"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14
msgid ""
"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels "
"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, "
"accounting, admin, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21
msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23
msgid ""
"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get "
"redirected to the right person:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26
msgid ""
"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage "
"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28
msgid ""
"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. "
"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens "
"automatically;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of "
"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure "
"that all tickets get to be taken care of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team "
"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include "
"all employees (with the proper access rights)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43
msgid ""
"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access "
"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only "
"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees "
"(with the proper access rights)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46
msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48
msgid ""
"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams "
"to use certain stages under *Team*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55
msgid ""
"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt "
"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and "
"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64
msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
msgid "Ratings"
msgstr "Avaliações"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to "
"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence"
" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve"
" the quality of your services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email "
"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21
msgid ""
"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to "
"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit"
" Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28
msgid ""
"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, "
"an email is sent to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35
msgid ""
"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer "
"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39
msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk"
" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51
msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Start Receiving Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you "
"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves."
" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it "
"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11
msgid "Channels options to submit tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and "
"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your "
"users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21
msgid "Email Alias"
msgstr "Apelido de E-mail"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24
msgid ""
"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email "
"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and "
"the content is shown in the Chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26
msgid ""
"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from "
"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias "
"Domain*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35
msgid ""
"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo "
"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email "
"server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39
msgid "Website Form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41
msgid ""
"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on"
" *Go to Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49
msgid ""
"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by "
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr "Live Chat"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59
msgid ""
"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can "
"be instantly created and redirected to the right person."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61
msgid ""
"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* "
"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command "
"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72
msgid "Prioritize tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74
msgid ""
"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the"
" top of your list on the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77
msgid "1 star = *Low priority*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78
msgid "2 stars = *High priority*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79
msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`sla`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3
msgid "Reports for a Better Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5
msgid ""
"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting "
"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, "
"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s "
"expectations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10
msgid "Cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12
msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14
msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17
msgid ""
"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the "
"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19
msgid ""
"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous "
"Period* or a *Previous Year*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25
msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27
msgid ""
"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order "
"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how"
" many requests they are able to handle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35
msgid ""
"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37
msgid ""
"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and "
"ticket type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39
msgid ""
"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close "
"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want "
"their issues to be handled quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48
msgid "Save filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50
msgid ""
"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every"
" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures "
"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3
msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5
msgid ""
"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers "
"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and "
"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, "
"and when."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10
msgid "Create your policies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13
msgid ""
"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like "
"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15
msgid ""
"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23
msgid ""
"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**"
" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27
msgid ""
"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to"
" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a "
"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If "
"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all"
" SLAs is the one considered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29
msgid ""
"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and "
"the deadline field is not shown anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37
msgid "SLA Analysis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply"
" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and"
" keep track of upcoming deadlines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3
msgid "Timesheet and Invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales "
"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, "
"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the "
"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your "
"customer needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14
msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create"
" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time "
"Reinvoicing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
msgid ""
"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created"
" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be "
"ultimately modified on each ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28
msgid "Step 2: Set up a service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as "
"the unit of measure of your service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit"
" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40
msgid ""
"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid ""
"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of "
"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours "
"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales"
" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, "
"automating the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53
msgid ""
"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow "
"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs "
"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the "
"time spent on a ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58
msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61
msgid "Step 1: Place an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the "
"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who "
"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the "
"customer and *Confirm* the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72
msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74
msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82
msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84
msgid ""
"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the "
"task created by the confirmation of the sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92
msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94
msgid ""
"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under "
"the *Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100
msgid ""
"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*"
" column in the sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108
msgid ""
"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on "
"the dedicated task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111
msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112
msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
msgid ""
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração"
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15
msgid ""
"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and "
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
msgid ""
"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under"
" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
+26
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr "Documentação de Usuário Odoo"
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+7139
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
+819
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../iot.rst:5
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
msgstr "Internet das coisas (IoT)"
#: ../../iot/config.rst:3
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração"
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
msgstr "Conecte uma IoT Box ao seu banco de dados"
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
msgstr "Acesse o IoT App e clique em Connect na página IoT Boxes."
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
msgstr "Siga as etapas para conectar sua IoT Box."
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
msgstr "Conexão Ethernet"
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Conecte à IoT Box todos os dispositivos que devem ser conectados com cabos "
"(ethernet, dispositivos USB, etc.)."
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box"
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28
msgid ""
"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the "
"IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32
msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35
msgid ""
"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection "
"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the"
" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40
msgid "WiFi Connection"
msgstr "Conexão wifi"
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box"
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44
msgid "Copy the token"
msgstr "Copie o token"
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
"plugged in your computer)."
msgstr ""
"Conecte-se à rede WiFi da IoT Box (certifique-se de que não haja nenhum cabo"
" Ethernet conectado ao computador)."
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
"and paste the token, then click on next."
msgstr ""
"Você será redirecionado para a página inicial do IoT Box (se não funcionar, "
"conecte-se ao endereço IP da caixa). Dê um nome à sua IoT Box (não "
"obrigatório), cole o token e clique em Avançar."
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60
msgid ""
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66
msgid ""
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
"redirected to your database."
msgstr ""
"Escolha a rede WiFi com a qual deseja se conectar (digite a senha, se "
"houver) e clique em Enviar. Aguarde alguns segundos antes de ser "
"redirecionado para seu banco de dados."
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
msgstr "Agora você deve ver a IoT Box."
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
msgstr "Atualizando seu cartão SD"
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
" our latest updates."
msgstr ""
"Em alguns casos, pode ser necessário atualizar o cartão SD de sua IoT Box "
"para se beneficiar de nossas atualizações mais recentes."
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9
msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. "
"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade "
"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself "
"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18
msgid ""
"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the "
"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25
msgid "Upgrade with Etcher"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27
msgid ""
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. "
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly "
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just "
"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. "
"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
msgstr "Use a IoT Box para o PDV"
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr "Pré-requisitos"
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
msgstr "Antes de começar, certifique-se de ter o seguinte:"
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13
msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
msgstr "Um computador ou tablet com um navegador web atualizado"
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17
msgid ""
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
"installed"
msgstr ""
"Uma instância de SaaS ou Odoo em execução com os aplicativos Ponto de venda "
"e IoT instalados"
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
msgstr ""
"Uma configuração de rede local com DHCP (esta é a configuração padrão)"
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
msgstr "Um cabo Ethernet RJ45 (opcional, Wi-Fi integrado)"
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24
msgid ""
"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash "
"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of "
"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30
msgid "Set Up"
msgstr "Configuração"
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32
msgid ""
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
msgstr ""
"Em seguida, você deve conectar os dispositivos periféricos à sua IoT Box."
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38
msgid ""
"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the "
"network and power it on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41
msgid ""
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
"RJ25 cable."
msgstr ""
"** Gaveta de dinheiro **: A gaveta de dinheiro deve ser conectada à "
"impressora com um cabo RJ25."
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character "
"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode "
"scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
msgstr "** Balança **: Conecte sua balança e ligue-a."
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51
msgid ""
"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. "
"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by "
"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56
msgid ""
"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please"
" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation "
"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and"
" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
msgstr ""
"A configuração está concluída, você pode iniciar uma nova sessão de PDV."
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Solução de problemas"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6
msgid "IoT Box Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9
msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11
msgid ""
"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT "
"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14
msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16
msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18
msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20
msgid ""
"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's "
"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23
msgid ""
"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or "
"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will"
" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see "
":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box "
"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to"
" the micro-USB port."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33
msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35
msgid ""
"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if "
"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your "
"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that "
"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't "
"use a multi-database environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42
msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44
msgid ""
"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on"
" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local "
"network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impressora"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52
msgid "My printer is not detected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54
msgid ""
"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT "
"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60
msgid ""
"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers "
"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you "
"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66
msgid "My printer outputs random text"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68
msgid ""
"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and "
"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might "
"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random "
"characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73
msgid ""
"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box "
"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select "
"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify "
"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to "
"your printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83
msgid ""
"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a "
"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88
msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90
msgid ""
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is "
"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, "
"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by "
"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer "
"mode and look for the corresponding template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97
msgid "Barcode Scanner"
msgstr "Scanner de Código de Barras"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102
msgid ""
"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. "
"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode "
"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device "
"and select the correct one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid ""
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale "
"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character"
" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
msgid ""
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
"IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
msgid ""
"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and "
"activating the *Is scanner* option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128
msgid "Cashdrawer"
msgstr "Caixa Registradora"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
msgstr "A gaveta do dinheiro não abre"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133
msgid ""
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* "
"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3
msgid "Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos"
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Camera"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can"
" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you "
"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. "
"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality "
"control point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11
msgid "Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14
msgid ""
"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17
msgid ""
"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as "
"soon as it is connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25
msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34
msgid "With the Manufacturing app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30
msgid ""
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control "
"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open "
"the control point you want to link with the camera."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34
msgid ""
"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown "
"list. Now, hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40
msgid ""
"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the "
"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before"
" will allow you to take a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Footswitch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5
msgid ""
"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using "
"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8
msgid ""
"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform "
"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be "
"configured in a few steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15
msgid ""
"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect"
" the two by cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18
msgid ""
"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be "
"automatically detected when connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26
msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28
msgid ""
"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a "
"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add "
"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and"
" also add a key to trigger it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36
msgid ""
"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order "
"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, "
"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41
msgid ""
"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are "
"correctly connected to the footswitch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5
msgid ""
"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your "
"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10
msgid "Connect in USB"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12
msgid ""
"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, "
"and the device should appear in your Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19
msgid "Connect in Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21
msgid ""
"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further "
"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the "
"device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25
msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31
msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36
msgid ""
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control "
"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* "
"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41
msgid ""
"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown "
"list. Then, hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47
msgid ""
"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The "
"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated "
"while the tool is being used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Printer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so"
" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use "
"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13
msgid ""
"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. "
"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be "
"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT "
"app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18
msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24
msgid "Link the Printer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27
msgid "To Work Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to "
"print labels for manufactured products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32
msgid ""
"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* "
"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work "
"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40
msgid ""
"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a"
" *Print Label* button will appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47
msgid "To Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49
msgid ""
"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, "
"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56
msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61
msgid ""
"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check"
" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on "
"select and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of "
"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically"
" print it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73
msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75
msgid ""
"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts"
" directly from your *PoS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78
msgid ""
"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point"
" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check "
"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the "
"dropdown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86
msgid ""
"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: "
"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89
msgid ""
"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated "
"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92
msgid ""
"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar "
"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the "
"current day."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99
msgid ""
"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant"
" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the "
"left panel of the *PoS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107
msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109
msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick "
"*Order Printer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the "
"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the "
"categories of products that should be printed on this printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124
msgid ""
"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected "
"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT "
"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
+275
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It "
"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers"
" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: "
"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created "
"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to"
" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Live Chat`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21
msgid ""
"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27
msgid "For both scenarios, under:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as "
"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in "
"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33
msgid ""
"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an "
"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is "
"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36
msgid ""
"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. "
"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after "
"users (from any country) land on the contact us page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43
msgid ""
"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s "
"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. "
"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48
msgid "External options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added"
" to your own, under the *Widget* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52
msgid ""
"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a "
"single live chat page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid "Managing chat requests"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61
msgid ""
"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are "
"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in"
" Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69
msgid ""
"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online "
"operators."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72
msgid "Leave or join a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`ratings`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`responses`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3
msgid "Ratings"
msgstr "Avaliações"
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5
msgid ""
"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you "
"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your "
"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10
msgid "Customer Rating"
msgstr "Avaliação de Cliente"
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14
msgid ""
"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing "
"for an explanation is shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15
msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22
msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28
msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35
msgid "Make the rating public"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the "
"rating of that channel on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3
msgid "Commands and Canned Responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-"
"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9
msgid "Use commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11
msgid ""
"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13
msgid "**/help**: shows a help message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14
msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15
msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16
msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17
msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18
msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
msgid ""
"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your "
"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
msgid ""
"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26
msgid ""
"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut "
"link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33
msgid ""
"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as"
" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37
msgid "Send canned responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40
msgid ""
"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when "
"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat "
"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41
msgid ""
"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the "
"shortcut word you created."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+1360
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po
+382
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
# Keli Brugalli <kbr@odoo.com>, 2020
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr "Automação de Marketing"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avançado"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
msgid ""
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
"of linking your employees to goals."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
msgid ""
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
" in a graph form and in numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
" email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
"have matched the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
msgid ""
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
msgid ""
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
"domain one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
"the total number of participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
"*Rejected*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
msgid ""
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
msgid ""
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
"the beginning (parent action)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
msgid ""
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
msgid ""
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
"integrated with *Contacts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
msgid ""
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
"installed in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
msgid ""
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
"will stop running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
"for this specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
msgid "Add Child Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
msgid ""
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
"or not, the email bounced back."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
msgid "How to work with filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
msgid ""
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
"within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
msgid ""
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
"called a *branch* (...)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
msgid ""
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
" rule or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr "Casos de uso"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
"name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
"solved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
"mistakes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
msgid "Launch a test"
msgstr "Inicie um teste"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
msgid ""
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
" be shown on the status bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
"campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
"*Cancel*."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
+49
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
msgid "Mobile"
msgstr "Celular"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Push Notifications"
msgstr "Notificações push"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to "
"enable push notifications in the mobile app."
msgstr ""
"A partir do Odoo 12.0, 13.0 ou superior, não há uma configuração mais "
"complexa para ativar as notificações por push no aplicativo móvel."
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud "
"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
msgstr ""
"Simplesmente vá para: menuselection: `Configurações -> Configurações gerais "
"-> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` e verifique se ** Push Notifications ** "
"está marcado."
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po
+157
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../planning.rst:5
msgid "Planning"
msgstr "Planejamento"
#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3
msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5
msgid ""
"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create"
" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high"
" level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9
msgid "Organize your team by roles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to"
" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under "
"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20
msgid "Make shifts recurrent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22
msgid ""
"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you "
"from the need of re-planning it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30
msgid ""
"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is "
"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
"from *Settings*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38
msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41
msgid "Save shifts as templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43
msgid ""
"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the "
"future, click on *Save as a Template*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51
msgid ""
"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Shifts Templates --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55
msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57
msgid ""
"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or "
"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, "
"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you "
"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation "
"time, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3
msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing"
" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you "
"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10
msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include"
" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19
msgid ""
"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish "
"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned "
"tasks:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26
msgid ""
"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29
msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an "
"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I "
"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to "
"take it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44
msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
+1726
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
+235
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr "Meu Portal Odoo"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
"subscriptions."
msgstr ""
"Nesta seção do portal, você encontrará todas as comunicações entre você e "
"Odoo: documentos como orçamentos, pedidos de venda, faturas e assinaturas."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15
msgid ""
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
"Para acessar esta seção, você tem que entrar com seu nome de usuário e senha"
" no `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. Se você já estiver logado, basta"
" clicar em seu nome no canto superior direito e selecionar \"Minha Conta\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr "Cotações"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
"Aqui você encontrará todas as cotações enviadas a você pela Odoo. Por "
"exemplo, uma cotação pode ser gerada para você após adicionar um aplicativo "
"ou um usuário ao seu banco de dados ou se o seu contrato tiver que ser "
"renovado."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
"pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
"A coluna * Válido até * mostra a data em que a cotação é válida; após essa "
"data, a cotação será \"Expirada\". Ao clicar no orçamento, você verá todos "
"os detalhes da oferta, como preços e outras informações úteis."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
msgstr ""
"Caso queira aceitar o orçamento, basta clicar em \"Aceitar e Pagar\" e o "
"orçamento será confirmado. Se você não quiser aceitar ou precisar solicitar "
"algumas modificações, clique em \"Solicitar rejeição de alterações\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr "Pedidos de vendas"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
" registered under this section."
msgstr ""
"Todas as suas compras no Odoo (upsells, temas, aplicativos, etc.) serão "
"registradas nesta seção."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
"Ao clicar no pedido de venda, você pode revisar os detalhes dos produtos "
"adquiridos e processar o pagamento."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr "Faturas"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
" been paid."
msgstr ""
"Todas as faturas de suas assinaturas e / ou pedidos de venda serão mostradas"
" nesta seção. A etiqueta antes do valor devido indicará se a fatura foi "
"paga."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65
msgid ""
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
"Basta clicar na fatura se desejar ver mais informações, pagar a fatura ou "
"baixar uma versão em PDF do documento."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr "Tickets"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
msgstr ""
"Quando você envia um tíquete por meio do `Suporte Odoo "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`, um ticket será criado. Aqui você pode "
"encontrar todos os tickets que abriu, as conversas entre você e nossos "
"agentes, e os status e IDs (# Ref) dos tickets."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Assinaturas"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81
msgid ""
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
"Você pode acessar suas assinaturas com Odoo nesta seção. A primeira página "
"mostra as assinaturas que você possui e seus status."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87
msgid ""
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
"and the payment method."
msgstr ""
"Ao clicar na assinatura, você terá acesso a todos os detalhes relativos ao "
"seu plano: o número de aplicativos adquiridos, as informações de faturamento"
" e a forma de pagamento."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91
msgid ""
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
"Para alterar a forma de pagamento, clique em \"Alterar forma de pagamento\" "
"e insira os novos dados do cartão de crédito."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
"Se você deseja remover os cartões de crédito salvos, você pode fazer isso "
"clicando em \"Gerenciar seus métodos de pagamento\" na parte inferior da "
"página. Clique em \"Excluir\" para excluir a forma de pagamento."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method "
"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr "Pacotes de Sucesso"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
"Com um Pacote de sucesso / Pacote de sucesso de parceiro, você recebe um "
"especialista para fornecer assistência personalizada exclusiva para ajudá-lo"
" a personalizar sua solução e otimizar seus fluxos de trabalho como parte de"
" sua implementação inicial. Essas horas nunca expiram, permitindo que você "
"as utilize sempre que precisar de suporte."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121
msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123
msgid ""
"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our "
"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126
msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129
msgid ""
"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information "
"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data "
"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
+26
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../practical.rst:3
msgid "Practical Information"
msgstr "Informações Práticas"
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+681
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../project.rst:5
msgid "Project"
msgstr "Projeto"
#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avançado"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Project Settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5
msgid ""
"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be "
"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be "
"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked."
" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10
msgid "Create advanced projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13
msgid ""
"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If "
"not, simply leave the field blank."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20
msgid "Choose who can access a project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can "
"have access to the project:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25
msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26
msgid "*All employees*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27
msgid ""
"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients "
"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30
msgid ""
"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a"
" specific account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33
msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35
msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36
msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43
msgid "Create sales orders from a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45
msgid ""
"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from"
" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or "
"create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54
msgid "Track the material used on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56
msgid ""
"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the "
"products/material used during the work on a specific task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64
msgid "Take advantage of worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66
msgid ""
"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in "
"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one "
"on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74
msgid "Schedule shifts on projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76
msgid ""
"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized,"
" enable *Planning*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88
msgid "Manage employees work hours"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90
msgid ""
"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It "
"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external "
"link to adjust the daily hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99
msgid "Share stages across projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102
msgid ""
"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to "
"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105
msgid ""
":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` "
"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the"
" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share "
"stages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5
msgid ""
"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your"
" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your "
"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that "
"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to "
"other consumers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Use Rating on Project*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at"
" a specific stage(s)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20
msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27
msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and "
"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set "
"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32
msgid ""
"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in"
" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40
msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47
msgid "Get reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see "
"ratings by task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55
msgid ""
"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the "
"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3
msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5
msgid ""
"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, "
"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you "
"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and "
"can course-correct if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10
msgid "Track costs and revenue"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13
msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the "
"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* "
"becomes available in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22
msgid ""
"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable "
"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours "
"recorded, and even a timesheet table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30
msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34
msgid ""
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. "
"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to "
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an "
"*Analytic Account* under the needed project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36
msgid ""
"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is"
" directly available in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "Relatórios"
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46
msgid ""
"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. "
"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a "
"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs "
"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, "
"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time "
"spent on that service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11
msgid "Product set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product "
"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product "
"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing "
"Policy* and *Service Tracking*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16
msgid "If you choose to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19
msgid ""
"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first "
"column of the selected project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21
msgid ""
"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales "
"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23
msgid ""
"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each "
"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template "
"chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30
msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a"
" project or task is automatically created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40
msgid "Access the task generated from Project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the"
" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51
msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53
msgid ""
"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the "
"*Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59
msgid ""
"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66
msgid ""
"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
msgid "Planning"
msgstr "Planejamento"
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3
msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that"
" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate "
"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your "
"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10
msgid "Allocate times under shifts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12
msgid ""
"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a"
" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would "
"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that "
"information in hours on *Allocated hours*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22
msgid ""
"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End "
"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24
msgid ""
"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the"
" total number of employees allocated per project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31
msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33
msgid ""
"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to "
"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the "
"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the "
"*Progress*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42
msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3
msgid "Record Time and Invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can"
" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you "
"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the "
"project/task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10
msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Timesheets*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15
msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the "
"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from "
"Tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
msgid ""
"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on"
" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26
msgid ""
"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at "
"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30
msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the "
"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose "
"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38
msgid ""
"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: "
"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: "
"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45
msgid ""
"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific "
"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a "
"system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid ""
"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into "
"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior"
" and senior consultants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50
msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59
msgid ""
"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each "
"employee before the customer gets invoiced."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64
msgid ":doc:`./time_record`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3
msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5
msgid ""
"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your "
"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your "
"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate "
"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your "
"customers the exact right amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11
msgid "Manually timesheet on task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and "
"specify the *Duration*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22
msgid "Time tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable "
"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and "
"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3
msgid "Tasks"
msgstr "Tarefas"
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3
msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of "
"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link "
"that address to your project and transform those conversations into "
"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a "
"project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11
msgid "Set up an incoming email server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14
msgid ""
"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define "
"the incoming email alias you would like to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15
msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18
msgid "Configure the email alias in your project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22
msgid ""
"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to "
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the "
"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive"
" a message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23
msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30
msgid ""
"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as "
"followers of the task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32
msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
+1813
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po
+468
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020
# Luiz Fernando <lfpsgs@outlook.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando <lfpsgs@outlook.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../quality.rst:5
msgid "Quality"
msgstr "Qualidade"
#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3
msgid "Alert"
msgstr "Alerta"
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5
msgid ""
"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to "
"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8
msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10
msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13
msgid "Simple manufacturing flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15
msgid ""
"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be "
"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product "
"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* "
"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23
msgid ""
"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose "
"during the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29
msgid ""
"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the "
"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50
msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality "
"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality "
"checks took place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48
msgid ""
"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. "
"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that "
"appeared during the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6
msgid "Use the Quality Alert"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8
msgid ""
"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality "
"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically "
"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the "
"problem with the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22
msgid ""
"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the "
"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28
msgid ""
"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under"
" *Control*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Verificar"
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo "
"processes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8
msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10
msgid ""
"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of"
" routings in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13
msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6
msgid "Create the Quality Control Point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to "
":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to"
" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check "
"you want to perform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17
msgid "Process the Quality Check"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29
msgid ""
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a "
"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the "
"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the "
"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening "
"the quality checks menu, under quality control."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and "
"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. "
"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order "
"operation on which the quality check should be performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64
msgid ""
"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality "
"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the "
"type of quality check."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71
msgid ""
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a "
"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to "
"generate the necessary work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78
msgid ""
"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this "
"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table "
"Top component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8
msgid ""
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, "
"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, "
"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific "
"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19
msgid ""
"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for"
" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button "
"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27
msgid ""
"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be "
"displayed and will require the check value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33
msgid ""
"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding "
"transfer and access it by clicking on the button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39
msgid ""
"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red "
"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by "
"highlighting the corresponding button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46
msgid ""
"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening"
" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control.rst:3
msgid "Control"
msgstr "Controle"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3
msgid "Define Quality Control Points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5
msgid ""
"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. "
"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and "
"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed"
" expectations. It also helps minimize waste."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10
msgid ""
"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality "
"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality "
"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that "
"the company then has to rework or scrap."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15
msgid ""
"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With "
"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20
msgid "Quality Control Points"
msgstr "Pontos de Controle de Qualidade"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> "
"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which"
" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it "
"takes place also is to be defined here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27
msgid ""
"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the "
"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of "
"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process "
"the quality control point needs to be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take"
" place:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35
msgid ""
"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks"
" to perform;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38
msgid ""
"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The "
"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41
msgid ""
"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The "
"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52
msgid ""
"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There "
"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a "
"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58
msgid ""
"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texto"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64
msgid ""
"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the "
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80
msgid "Take a Picture"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82
msgid ""
"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a "
"transfer or when manufacturing it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera "
"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102
msgid "Pass-Fail"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104
msgid ""
"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific "
"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111
msgid ""
"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message "
"giving instructions to follow in case of failure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127
msgid "Take a Measure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129
msgid ""
"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a "
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132
msgid ""
"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements,"
" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good "
"measures can are automatically accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140
msgid ""
"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives "
"instructions to the worker."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools "
"<../../iot/devices/camera>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159
msgid "Register Consumed Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161
msgid ""
"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the "
"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182
msgid "This type is only available when working with routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176
msgid "Register By-Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178
msgid ""
"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot "
"number of the by-products that are manufactured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193
msgid "Print Label"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195
msgid ""
"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the "
"product during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer "
"<../../iot/devices/printer>`."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
+3008
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
+558
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,558 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2020
# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5
msgid ""
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
"distribution easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
msgid "Contact lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
msgid ""
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* "
"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in "
"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription "
"preferences)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25
msgid ""
"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it"
" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28
msgid ""
"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a "
"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your "
"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a "
"customer has received or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "Lista negra"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
msgid ""
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
"Import`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Campaigns"
msgstr "Campanhas"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11
msgid ""
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"enable *Mailing Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17
msgid ""
"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, "
"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under "
"campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23
msgid ""
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
" example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36
msgid ""
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41
msgid ""
"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the"
" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select "
"*Send SMS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
msgid "Set up SMS templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60
msgid ""
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
"the context."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63
msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
msgid ""
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
"document online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
msgid ""
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72
msgid ""
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75
msgid ""
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Começar"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
msgid ""
"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive "
"your SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22
msgid ""
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the "
"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are "
"allowed to select multiple ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically "
"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, "
"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53
msgid "Send a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
"to be delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
msgid ""
"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. "
"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific "
"time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61
msgid ""
"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient "
"list is not excessive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer "
"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72
msgid ""
"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different "
"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79
msgid ""
"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on "
"the *Information* icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: "
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
"prepaid credits* to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
" that includes the following characters:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
msgid ""
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
"represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
"characters) of the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
"your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
msgid "More common questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
msgid "Yes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
"send them all?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
"lose credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
"credit will be lost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
" ticket for a festival)?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
"charged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
+361
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
msgid ""
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
" content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
msgid ""
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The "
"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
"transaction (paid)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
msgid ""
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
"content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
msgid ""
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
"application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
msgid ""
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
"last date and time the user was connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
msgid ""
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
"an existing partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
"own website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
msgid ""
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
msgid ""
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
msgid ""
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
" automatically added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
" customize your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
"*Insights*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
msgid ""
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
"creation of content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
msgid "Publish content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
msgid ""
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
msgid ""
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
msgid ""
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
msgid "Ask users for permission"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
msgid ""
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
msgid ""
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
msgid "Send notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
msgid "Individually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
msgid "To a group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
msgid ""
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
msgid ""
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
"archived."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
msgid "By rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
msgid ""
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
"that match the rules you set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po
+939
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,939 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../studio.rst:5
msgid "Studio"
msgstr "Studio"
#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3
msgid "Concepts"
msgstr "Conceitos"
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Automated Actions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6
msgid ""
"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions "
"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9
msgid ""
"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a "
"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if "
"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from "
"changing stage if a field is not filled in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16
msgid ""
"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and "
"*how* to create one:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18
msgid ""
"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on "
"which the action is applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19
msgid ""
"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to "
"happen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21
msgid ""
"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created"
" once saved for the first time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once "
"the record is saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24
msgid ""
"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record "
"once the form is saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25
msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26
msgid ""
"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* "
"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the "
"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python "
"Code* action type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29
msgid ""
"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set "
"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the "
"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the "
"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time "
"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34
msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36
msgid ""
"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied "
"before the record is updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38
msgid ""
"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing"
" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41
msgid ""
"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and"
" not executed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43
msgid ""
"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be "
"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the "
"variables that can be used is available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47
msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48
msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49
msgid ""
"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server "
"actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email "
"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51
msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52
msgid ""
"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, "
"*Reminder*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53
msgid ""
"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS "
"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56
msgid "Example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58
msgid ""
"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the "
"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, "
"goes through:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65
msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66
msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67
msgid ""
"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched "
"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69
msgid ""
"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the"
" example: *email is not set*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71
msgid ""
"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the "
"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73
msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76
msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3
msgid "Understanding General Concepts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7
msgid ""
"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt "
"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge."
" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to"
" get into the XML code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11
msgid ""
"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using "
"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the "
"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution "
"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or "
"without programming skills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17
msgid ""
"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* "
"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on "
"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications,"
" or by creating an entirely new *model*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22
msgid "What is a Module?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25
msgid ""
"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business "
"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web "
"data. An application is a collection of modules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29
msgid ""
"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the "
"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, "
"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a "
"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38
msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40
msgid ""
"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally"
" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. "
"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with "
"other tables."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45
msgid "What are Fields?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47
msgid ""
"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is "
"registered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49
msgid ""
"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model "
"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, "
"etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50
msgid ""
"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and "
"*relational fields*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53
msgid ""
"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational "
"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for "
"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational "
"field to link each Property to its Customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56
msgid "Relational Fields in detail"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with "
"the data of another model."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60
msgid ""
"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66
msgid ""
"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* "
"records from a table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68
msgid ""
"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also "
"contain multiple fields of information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69
msgid ""
"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from"
" a table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70
msgid ""
"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only "
"belong to one category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71
msgid ""
"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a "
"table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72
msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75
msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78
msgid "What are Views?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80
msgid ""
"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which "
"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they "
"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them "
"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, "
"*kanban*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85
msgid "What is a Menu?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87
msgid ""
"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create "
"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95
msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3
msgid "How To"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3
msgid "Export and Import Modules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your "
"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8
msgid ""
"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, "
"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is "
"*customizations.zip*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16
msgid ""
"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as "
"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18
msgid ""
"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the"
" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on"
" *Import*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25
msgid ""
"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be"
" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying "
"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the "
"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the "
"destination database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3
msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes "
"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the "
"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13
msgid ""
"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, "
"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow "
"Man* effect can be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14
msgid "By default, the feature is active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16
msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17
msgid "when users empty their inboxes;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18
msgid "when the user finishes a tour;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19
msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3
msgid "Customizing Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup "
"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage"
" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements "
"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. "
"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, "
"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11
msgid ""
"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like "
"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone,"
" email address, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17
msgid ""
"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the "
"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are "
"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many "
"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*,"
" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The"
" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its "
"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related "
"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to "
"fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36
msgid ""
"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility "
"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding "
"having a plain icon when they are not set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40
msgid ""
"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups "
"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements "
"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the "
"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging "
"to other groups do not see the same final document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46
msgid ""
"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if "
"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective "
"document form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53
msgid ""
"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* "
"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become "
"visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56
msgid ""
"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap "
"classes such as *text-danger*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59
msgid ""
"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document "
"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment "
"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. "
"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not "
"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created."
" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not "
"change, such as Invoices."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67
msgid ""
"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you"
" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3
msgid "Use Cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should"
" be automatically applied.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8
msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10
msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11
msgid "*Active*: On"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12
msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13
msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53
msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15
msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22
msgid ""
"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another "
"automated action example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25
msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28
msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it"
" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8
msgid ""
"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group "
"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling"
" *Use by default* and *Save*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15
msgid ""
"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable "
"*Default Filter*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life "
"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, "
"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26
msgid ""
"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. "
"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a "
"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28
msgid ""
"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the "
"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34
msgid ""
"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As "
"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), "
"stages are shown in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38
msgid ""
"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to "
"go back to *Form View*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set "
"its cost to 0€.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46
msgid ""
"Create an :doc:`automated action "
"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49
msgid "*Model*: Product Template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50
msgid "*Trigger*: On Update"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51
msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52
msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54
msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show"
" a field 'Pay by check?'**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8
msgid ""
"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10
msgid ""
"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*"
" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11
msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19
msgid ""
"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France "
"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21
msgid ""
"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully "
"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22
msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:"
" company, value, name, address, active, image.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31
msgid ""
"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit "
"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now,"
" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to"
" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to "
"see the properties for each region.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43
msgid ""
"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add"
" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45
msgid ""
"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a "
"relation to your model *Region*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48
msgid ""
"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet"
" in the view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60
msgid ""
"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status "
"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of"
" records on the related model, and allow you to access them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69
msgid ""
"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by "
"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as "
"checkboxes instead of tags.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its "
"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the "
"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, "
"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89
msgid ""
"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under"
" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process "
"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96
msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99
msgid ""
"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their "
"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the "
"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is "
"not = > Tags.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called "
"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales"
" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed"
" amount is higher than 500€.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109
msgid ""
"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* "
"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and "
"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117
msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119
msgid ""
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` "
"and open Studio."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122
msgid ""
"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write"
" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the "
"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here "
"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129
msgid ""
"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would "
"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* "
"option under *Properties*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List "
"View.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7
msgid ""
"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* "
"option as the default one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without "
"having to switch to the form view.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19
msgid ""
"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on"
" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in"
" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21
msgid ""
"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown "
"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
+517
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../support.rst:5
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Suporte"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr "Versões suportadas"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
"O Odoo fornece suporte e correção de bugs ** para as 3 últimas versões "
"principais ** do Odoo."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
msgstr ""
"Os usuários hospedados no ** Odoo Online ** podem usar versões "
"intermediárias (às vezes chamadas de * versões SaaS *) que também são "
"suportadas. Essas versões não são publicadas para instalações Odoo.sh ou On-"
"Premise."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr "Qual é o status de suporte do meu Odoo?"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr "Esta matriz mostra o status de suporte de cada versão."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr "** Os principais lançamentos estão em negrito. **"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr "Odoo Online"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr "Odoo.sh"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr "No local"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Release date"
msgstr "Data de lançamento"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "**Odoo 14.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "|green|"
msgstr "|green|"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "October 2020"
msgstr "Outubro de 2020"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr "Outubro de 2019"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "N/D"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr "Agosto de 2019"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr "Outubro de 2018"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*"
msgstr "*Fim do suporte esta planejado para Outubro de 2021*"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
msgid "|orange|"
msgstr "|orange|"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr "Abril de 2018"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
msgid "|red|"
msgstr "|red|"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr "Outubro de 2017"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr "Março de 2017"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr "Janeiro de 2017"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr "Outubro de 2016"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr "Maio de 2016"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr "Outubro de 2015"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr "Fevereiro de 2015"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr "Setembro de 2014"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56
msgid "|green| Supported version"
msgstr "|green| Versão suportada"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58
msgid "|red| End-of-support"
msgstr "|red| Fim do suporte"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr "N/D Nunca lançado para esta plataforma"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62
msgid ""
"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo "
"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to "
"upgrade."
msgstr ""
"|orange| Alguns de nossos clientes mais antigos ainda podem executar esta "
"versão em nossos servidores Odoo Online; fornecemos ajuda apenas para "
"bloquear problemas e aconselhamos a atualização."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr "🏁 Versão futura, ainda não lançada"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr "Eu executo uma versão mais antiga de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 e 5.0 não é mais suportado, em qualquer plataforma."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 e 1.0 não é mais suportado, em qualquer plataforma."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
"Você deve considerar atualizar <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>` _ seu banco de "
"dados."
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr "O que posso esperar do serviço de suporte?"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
msgid "5 days a week"
msgstr "5 dias por semana"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
"Sua assinatura Odoo Online inclui ** suporte 24 horas ilimitado sem custo "
"extra, de segunda a sexta **. Nossas equipes estão localizadas em todo o "
"mundo para garantir que você tenha suporte, não importa sua localização. Seu"
" representante de suporte pode se comunicar com você de São Francisco, "
"Bélgica ou Índia!"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Nossa equipe de suporte pode ser contatada através do nosso `formulário de "
"suporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>` __."
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr "Que tipo de suporte está incluído?"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
"Fornecendo material relevante (diretrizes, documentação do produto, etc ...)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
"Respostas para problemas que você pode encontrar em seu banco de dados Odoo "
"padrão (por exemplo, “Não consigo fechar meu ponto de venda” ou “Não consigo"
" encontrar meus KPIs de vendas?”)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr "Perguntas relacionadas à sua conta, assinatura ou faturamento"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
"Resolução de bug (problemas de bloqueio ou comportamento inesperado não "
"devido a configuração incorreta ou personalização)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
"Problemas que podem ocorrer em um banco de dados de teste após a atualização"
" para uma versão mais recente"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your"
" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
"*O suporte Odoo não faz alterações em seu banco de dados de produção sem o "
"seu consentimento e apenas fornece o material e o conhecimento para você "
"mesmo fazer!*"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr "Que tipo de suporte não está incluído?"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
"Perguntas que exigem que entendamos seus processos de negócios para ajudá-lo"
" a implementar seu banco de dados"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
"Treinamento sobre como usar nosso software (iremos encaminhá-lo para nossos "
"diversos recursos)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
msgstr "Importação de documentos em seu banco de dados"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
"Orientação sobre quais configurações aplicar dentro de um aplicativo ou "
"banco de dados"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
"Como definir modelos de configuração (os exemplos incluem: Rotas de estoque,"
" condições de pagamento, depósitos, etc)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
msgstr ""
"Qualquer intervenção em seus próprios servidores / implantações de Odoo"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
msgid ""
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
"etc)"
msgstr ""
"Qualquer intervenção em sua própria conta de terceiros (Ingenico, Authorize,"
" UPS, etc)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
"Perguntas ou problemas relacionados a desenvolvimentos específicos ou "
"personalizações feitas pela Odoo ou por terceiros (isso é específico apenas "
"para seu banco de dados ou envolve código)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Você pode obter esse tipo de suporte com um `Pacote de sucesso "
"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>` __. Com um pacote, um de nossos "
"consultores irá analisar a forma como seu negócio funciona e dizer como você"
" pode obter o máximo de seu banco de dados Odoo. Cuidaremos de todas as "
"configurações e orientaremos você sobre como usar o Odoo."
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
msgid "Where to find help?"
msgstr "Onde encontrar ajuda?"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
msgstr "Odoo Enterprise"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
"server)."
msgstr ""
"Os usuários que possuem uma assinatura válida do Odoo Enterprise podem "
"sempre entrar em contato com nossas equipes de suporte através do nosso "
"`formulário de suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>` _, não importa o tipo de"
" hospedagem que você escolheu (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh ou em seu próprio "
"servidor)."
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr "Inclua em sua solicitação:"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
msgid "your subscription number"
msgstr "Seu código de assinatura"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid ""
"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
"Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
"a URL do seu banco de dados se o seu banco de dados é hospedado pela Odoo SA"
" (Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh)"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr "Nossos agentes entrarão em contato com você o mais rápido possível."
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr "Comunidade Odoo"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
"* Os usuários da Odoo Community não têm acesso ao serviço de suporte. *"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr "Aqui estão alguns recursos que podem ajudá-lo:"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr "Nossas páginas de documentação <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>` _."
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
"Faça sua pergunta no fórum da comunidade "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>` _."
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""
"`Compre o Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>` _ para "
"obter suporte e serviços de correção de bugs."
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po
+241
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../survey.rst:5
msgid "Survey"
msgstr "Pesquisa"
#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5
msgid ""
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
"market is thinking."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Começar"
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13
msgid ""
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
"without answering the respective question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29
msgid ""
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
"different possibilities. Examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
"with which a text type field is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
"row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44
msgid "Tab: Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46
msgid ""
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
"homepage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56
msgid "Tab: Options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
"details of the respondent and his answers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72
msgid ""
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
"entries clean with only real participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79
msgid ""
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9
msgid ""
"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right "
"answer and score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17
msgid ""
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
"finish it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25
msgid ""
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
"badges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6
msgid "Time Limit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10
msgid ""
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
" looking at external resources."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17
msgid ""
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
" saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Seleção"
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25
msgid ""
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po
+225
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../timesheets.rst:5
msgid "Timesheets"
msgstr "Planilhas de Horas"
#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral"
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3
msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5
msgid ""
"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control "
"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective "
"hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9
msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the "
"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned "
"Hours*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18
msgid ""
"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` "
"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your "
"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27
msgid "HR analysis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` "
"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Timesheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent "
"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they "
"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to "
"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all "
"in favor of becoming a more proactive company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11
msgid "Choose an encoding unit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the"
" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets"
" to help you encoding."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15
msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18
msgid ""
"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours."
" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in"
" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25
msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28
msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34
msgid ""
"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to"
" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a"
" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being"
" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37
msgid ""
"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales "
"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was "
"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44
msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose "
"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be "
"approved first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54
msgid "Send reminders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57
msgid ""
"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who "
"have not recorded their times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. "
"The data syncs once you are back online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3
msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This "
"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it "
"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have "
"not been timesheeted by the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9
msgid ""
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if "
"you like."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select"
" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be "
"validated or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26
msgid ""
"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been "
"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is "
"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and "
"task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to "
"15th."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33
msgid ""
"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is "
"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the "
"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating "
"does it so."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41
msgid ""
"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access "
"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the "
"project/task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`compare`"
msgstr ""
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+2576
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff